Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
 Execution Version 
  

 
 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P. 

GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION 
 AND 
 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF 

5 
3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of February 8, 2013 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

As Trustee 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section
	  	 Indenture
 Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N/A
	 (a)(4)
	  	N/A
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.10
	 (c)
	  	N/A
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N/A
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	11.03
	 (c)
	  	11.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06, 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06, 11.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03, 4.04, 11.02
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N/A
	 (d)
	  	N/A
	 (e)
	  	11.05
	 (f)
	  	N/A
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05, 11.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.08
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	11.01
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	 (c)
	  	11.01

 N/A means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  
 -i-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
	 Section 1.01. Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02. Other Definitions
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction
	  	 	34	  
		
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	  			
		
	 Section 2.01. Form and Dating
	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.05. Noteholder Lists
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.09. Temporary Notes
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.10. Cancellation
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.13. Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.14. Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 2.15. Non-Business Day Payments
	  	 	39	  
		
	ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
		
	 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 3.10. Reserved
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.11. No Limit on Other Purchases
	  	 	45	  
		
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	  			
		
	 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes
	  	 	45	  

  
 -ii-

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 4.03. Reports
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 4.05. Taxes
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.14. Existence
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.16. No Inducements
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.17. Permitted Business Activities
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.18. Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.19. Covenant Termination
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.20. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	69	  
		
	ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS	  			
	 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 5.02. Successor Substituted
	  	 	71	  
		
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
		
	 Section 6.01. Events of Default
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.02. Acceleration
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.10. Priorities
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	77	  
		
	ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE	  			
		
	 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	79	  

  
 -iii-

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers
	  	 	83	  
		
	ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
		
	 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.07. Reinstatement
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.08. Discharge
	  	 	87	  
		
	ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  			
		
	 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.04. Effect of Consents
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	91	  
		
	ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES	  			
		
	 Section 10.01. Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 10.02. Subsidiary Guarantee Evidenced by Indenture; No Notation of Subsidiary Guarantee
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 10.03. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.04. Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 10.05. [Reserved]
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	94	  
		
	ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS	  			
		
	 Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 11.02. Notices
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	96	  

  
 -iv-

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.08. Governing Law
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.10. Successors
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.11. Severability
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.13. Counterparts
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.14. Acts of Holders
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 11.15. Patriot Act
	  	 	100	  

  
 -v-

 APPENDIX, SCHEDULE AND ANNEX 

 

					
	 	  	Page
		
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  	App.-1
			
	EXHIBIT 1	  	Form of Initial Note	  	
			
	EXHIBIT 2	  	Form of Exchange Note	  	
			
	SCHEDULE I	  	Agreements with Affiliates	  	S-1
			
	ANNEX A	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	A-1

  
 -vi-

 This Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2013, is among Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the “Company”), Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed on the
signatures page hereof (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Issuers’ Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  

	Section 1.01.	Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into
or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock which is extinguished, retired, cancelled or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified
Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person but
excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired, cancelled or repaid in connection with such asset being acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Interest” means all Additional Interest then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to in clause (1) of the definition of
“Registration Rights Agreement” in the Appendix. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “interest” in this Indenture or the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest. 

“Additional Notes” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09, 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 issued from time to time after the Initial Issuance Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09, 3.06, 3.09, 4.15 or 9.05, or
Section 2.3 or 2.4 of the Appendix of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or 

 
otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the other Person; and further, that any third
Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely because of such common ownership in such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 
 “Agent
Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Applicable Law,” except as the context may
otherwise require, means all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of
any United States federal, state, municipal, regional, or other governmental body, instrumentality, agency or authority. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note, the
rules and procedures of the Depository that apply to such transfer and exchange. 
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets
(including by way of a merger or consolidation or by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction); and 
 (2) the
issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the case of clause (1) or (2), the disposition of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will not constitute an “Asset Sale” but will be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.15 and 5.01 and not by the
provisions of Section 4.10. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair
market value of less than $25.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of properties or assets between or among any of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -2-

 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, Hedging
Contracts or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) a Restricted Payment that is
permitted by Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment (including unwinding any Hedging Contracts); 
 (7) the
creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by Section 4.12; 
 (8) dispositions in connection
with Permitted Liens; 
 (9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of
contract, tort or other claims of any kind; 
 (10) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any
non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property; 

(11) an Asset Swap; and 
 (12) an Equipment Lease Transaction. 
 “Asset Swap” means any
substantially contemporaneous (and in any event occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and sale or exchange of any assets or properties used or useful in a Permitted Business between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
another Person; provided that any Net Proceeds received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Sale. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during
the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount
rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other
payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the
case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date
upon which it may be so terminated. 
 “Available Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United
States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

  
 -3-

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any 
 particular “person” (as that term is
used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether
such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have
correlative meanings. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of Finance Corp.; 

(2) with respect to the Company, the Board of Directors of the General Partner (or any other Person serving a similar
function for the Company) or any authorized committee thereof; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the
board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a
resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in Houston, Texas or in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of
a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP (other than any obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as an operating lease for financial reporting purposes in
accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Indenture), and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the stated maturity thereof
shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.12, a Capital Lease
Obligation will be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 

  
 -4-

 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right
to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s;

 (4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less
from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank or any United States branch
of a foreign bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper having one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and 

(8) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either
Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any
“person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); 
 (2) the adoption of a
plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or removal of the General Partner by the limited partners of the Company; 

  
 -5-

 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured
by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not have occurred as a result of the Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company by the
Qualified Owners, so long as at least 20% of the common units of the Company remain registered and listed for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States;

 (4) the Company consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges with
or into the Company, in either case under this clause (4), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons Beneficially Owning, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing in
the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such consummation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Company or the surviving or transferee Person; or 
 (5) the first day on which a majority of
the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, a
conversion of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an
exchange of all of the outstanding Equity Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term
is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate more
than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity
for such entity or its general partner, as applicable, and, in either case no “person” Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable; provided,
however, that a Change of Control shall not have occurred as a result of the Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company by the Qualified Owners, so long as at least 20% of the common units or other comparable
common equity of such entity remains registered and listed for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes
thereto. 
 “Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

  
 -6-

 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) an
amount equal to any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (3)
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (4) depreciation, depletion and amortization (including
amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash equity based compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that
it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash items that were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (5) unrealized non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

 (6) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense and, without
duplication, Transaction Costs; plus  
 (7) any cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any Direct Financing Lease during such period; plus 
 (8) any deferred or non-cash equity
compensation or stock option or similar compensation expense, including all expense recorded for the Company’s equity appreciation rights plan in excess of cash payments for exercised rights, in each case during such period; provided,
however, that actual cash payments made with respect to such deferred compensation during such period shall reduce Consolidated Cash Flow for such period; plus 

  
 -7-

 (9) an amount equal to dividends or distributions paid during such period in
cash to such Person or any of its Restated Subsidiaries by a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; minus 

(10) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period; 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that: 
 (1) the aggregate Net Income
(but not net loss in excess of such aggregate Net Income) of each of the Persons that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be excluded; 

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the
terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

(4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income,
including those resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, will be excluded; 
 (5) any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated
Maturity will be excluded; 
 (6) any asset (including goodwill) impairment or write-down on or related to
non-current assets under applicable GAAP or Commission guidelines will be excluded; and 
 (7) any income or
losses attributable to Direct Financing Leases will be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means,
with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less applicable reserves
reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts: (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like
intangibles reflected in such balance sheet. 

  
 -8-

 “consolidation” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidation of the
accounts of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person with those of such Person, all in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that “consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary of such Person with the accounts of such Person. The term “consolidated” has a correlative meaning to the foregoing. 
 “Continuing Director” means, as of any date of determination, any director of the General Partner or, if the Company has directors, the Company who: 

(1) was a member of the applicable Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or 

(2) was approved by a vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the applicable Board of Directors
at the time of such approval. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the office of the Trustee, which
office at the date hereof is located at 5555 San Felipe, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77056, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers, or the
principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers). 

“Credit Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012, by and among
the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, Bank of America N.A. and Bank of Montreal, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, as documentation agent, and each of the other lenders
party thereto, or any successor or replacement agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, together with the related documents thereto (including any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case
as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreements extending the maturity of, Refinancing, replacing, increasing or otherwise
restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreements. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or
more debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or debt issuances, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or
inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables or inventory), commercial paper, debt securities or letters of
credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or Refinanced (including Refinancing with any capital markets transaction) in whole or in part from time to time. 

  
 -9-

 “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator
or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “date of this Indenture” means February 8, 2013.

 “Davison Family” means James E. Davison, James E. Davison, Jr., Stephen Davison, Todd Davison and the
members of their Families. 
 “Davison Group” means (i) any member of the Davison family, (ii) any
Related Person of any such member, and (iii) the James Ellis Davison, Jr. Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, the Steven Davison Family Trust, the Todd Davison Children’s Trust c/o Argent Trust, the Todd Davison Legacy Trust-2010 c/o Argent
Trust, the James E. and Margaret A. B. Davison Special Trust, the James Ellis Davison, III Trust, the Sarah Margaret Davison Trust and the William Charles Davison Trust. For the avoidance of doubt, the Persons named in (iii) above may be
Related Persons of members of the Davison Family. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depository” has the meaning provided in
the Appendix. 
 “Direct Financing Lease” means (i) the note of Genesis NEJD Pipeline, LLC owing to
Genesis NEJD Holdings, LLC and related financing lease between Genesis NEJD Pipeline, LLC and Denbury Onshore, LLC and (ii) any other arrangement, in the case of (i) or (ii) in respect of which cash received pursuant to such
arrangements is shown on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows as being attributable to “direct financing leases.” 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option
of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part,
on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (a) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have
the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 and (b) any Capital Stock issued pursuant to any plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates for the
benefit of one or more employees will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or any of its Affiliates in order to satisfy applicable contractual, statutory or regulatory obligations.

 For purposes of Section 4.09, the “amount” or “principal amount” of any Disqualified Stock or
preferred securities shall equal the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, in each case, exclusive of accrued dividends. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase
price” of any Disqualified Stock or 

  
 -10-

 
preferred securities which do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities as if such Disqualified Stock
or preferred securities were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on the date on which the “amount” or “principal amount” thereof shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that if
such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock or
preferred securities as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person. 
 “Equipment Lease
Transactions” means sales or transfers of new equipment within 30 days of its acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with historical practice to any Person whereby the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such new equipment or any part thereof to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as such new equipment sold or transferred. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means
(i) any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date of this Indenture or (ii) any contribution to capital of the Company in respect of Capital Stock
of the Company; provided that at any time on or after a Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to, or contribution to capital by, an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed an Equity Offering. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is considered incurred under the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and other than intercompany Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock) in existence on the date of
this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “fair market value” means the value that would be paid by a
willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company in the case of amounts of $30.0 million or more and otherwise by
an officer of the General Partner, which determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture. 

“Family” means, with respect to any natural person, (i) such Person, (ii) any spouse or descendant of such
Person, (iii) any other natural person who is a member of the family of any such Person referenced in (i)-(ii) above and (iv) any other natural person who has been adopted by such person referenced in (i)-(iii) above. 

  
 -11-

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person
for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs,
assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred securities subsequent to the commencement of the
applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred securities, and the use of the
proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or by any Person acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), including through mergers, consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used in a Permitted Business), and including in each
case any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12 months, in the reasonable
judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the General Partner (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated
under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto); 
 (2) the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the
Calculation Date; and 
 (4) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the
applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to
the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included. 

  
 -12-

 For purposes of this definition, (a) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the
Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the reference period; and (b) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted
Subsidiary at any time during the reference period. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified
Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with
respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging
Contracts; plus  
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
that was capitalized during such period; plus  
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another
Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus  

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of
Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Furthermore, in calculating “Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: 

(a) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Calculation Date and which will
continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Calculation Date; 

(b) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Calculation Date may optionally be determined at an interest
rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the reference period; 

  
 -13-

 (c) notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) above, interest on
Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by Hedging Contracts, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements; and 

(d) interest on Indebtedness referred to in clause (3) will be included only to the extent attributable to the
portion of such Indebtedness that is so guaranteed by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries or so secured by a lien on the assets thereof (provided that the amount of such Indebtedness so secured will be the lesser of (x) the fair
market value of such assets at the date of determination and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness). 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.

 “General Partner” means Genesis Energy, LLC and its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of
the Company. 
 “Genesis Energy, LLC” means Genesis Energy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any
successor thereto. 
 “Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers
thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any
such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder
of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

  
 -14-

 “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including by way of a pledge of assets, acting as co-obligor or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any
part of any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a
correlative meaning. 
 “Guarantors” means each of (a) the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Finance
Corp., executing this Indenture as initial Guarantors, (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor by executing a supplement to this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 hereof and (c) the
respective successors and assigns of such Restricted Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10 hereof, in each case, until the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Person is released pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 10.04 hereof. 

“Hedging Contracts” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) (i) any agreement of such Person with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to
receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating
rate of interest on the same notional amount or (ii) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate cap agreement or interest rate collar agreement entered into with one or more
financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(2) any foreign exchange contract or similar currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions and
designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option or other similar
agreement or arrangement or any combination thereof designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons purchased, used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 

(4) any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates. 
 “Holder” or
“Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “Hydrocarbons” means crude
oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and all products, by-products and all other substances

  
 -15-

 
(whether or not hydrocarbon in nature) produced in connection therewith or refined, separated, settled or derived therefrom or the processing thereof, and all other minerals and substances,
including, but not limited to, liquified petroleum gas, natural gas, kerosene, sulphur, lignite, coal, uranium, thorium, iron, geothermal steam, water, carbon dioxide, helium, and any and all other minerals, ores or substances of value, and the
products and proceeds therefrom. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, without duplication and whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed
money; 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; 

(3) in respect of all outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of such Person that support obligations that
constitute Indebtedness (provided that the amount of such letters of credit included in Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness being supported) and, without duplication, the unreimbursed amount of all drafts drawn under such
letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; 
 (4) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 (5) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 

(6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (7) representing any obligations under Hedging Contracts,

 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging Contracts) would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that any indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the irrevocable deposit of cash
or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all such indebtedness obligations at maturity or redemption, as applicable, and all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of
the holders of such indebtedness (and subject to no other Liens) and the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness shall not constitute “Indebtedness.” In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes,
with respect to any Person, all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (other than Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture of the specified Person to the extent secured by a Lien on
or pledge of Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person (provided
that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the
guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” excludes 

  
 -16-

 (i) any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities,
purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on a final financial statement or report or the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by
the specified Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets; 
 (ii) accrued expenses and
trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; 
 (iii) any unrealized losses or charges in
respect of Hedging Contracts (including those resulting from the application of FAS 133); 
 (iv) any obligations
in respect of (a) bid, performance, completion, surety, appeal and similar bonds, (b) obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (c) insurance obligations or bonds and other similar bonds and obligations and (d) any
guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing bonds or obligations; provided, however that such bonds or obligations mentioned in subclause (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (iv) are
incurred in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not relate to obligations for borrowed money; 
 (v) any obligations in respect of completion bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, insurance obligations or bonds and other similar
bonds and obligations incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and any guarantees and obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to or letters of credit functioning as or
supporting any of the foregoing bonds or obligations; and 
 (vi) any contracts and other obligations, agreements
instruments or arrangements described in clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.” 
 The
“amount” or “principal amount” of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be, except as specified below, determined in accordance with GAAP: 

(1) in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, the accreted value of the Indebtedness;

 (2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the termination value of the agreement or
arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; 
 (3) in the case
of any Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount determined in accordance with the definition thereof; 
 (4) in
the case of other unconditional obligations (other than those specified in clauses (1) or (2) of the first paragraph of this definition), the amount of the liability thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 -17-

 (5) in the case of other contingent obligations (other than those specified
in clauses (1) or (2) of the first paragraph of this definition), the maximum liability at such date of such Person; and 
 (6) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Advisor” means a reputable accounting, appraisal or nationally recognized investment banking, engineering
or consulting firm (a) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect material financial interest in the Company and (b) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, is otherwise disinterested, independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. 

“Initial Issuance Date” means February 8, 2013. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Initial Purchasers” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or
the equivalent) by S&P or, if either such rating agency ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency
selected by the Company. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments
by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in
the ordinary course of business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of any Investment shall be
its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and shall not be adjusted for increases or decreases in value or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount
determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such
Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of
Section 4.07. 

  
 -18-

 “Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect
Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or
give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended
as a security agreement. 
 “Make Whole Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any time, the excess, if any,
of (a) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February 15, 2017 pursuant to Section 3.07(a) plus (ii) any required interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2017 (except
for accrued and unpaid interest at such time), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such time plus 50 basis points, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months), over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Measuring Date” means November 18, 2010.

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred securities dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such
Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person; and 
 (2) any extraordinary gain (or loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the
aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

 (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and
sales commissions, severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale; 

  
 -19-

 (2) taxes paid or payable or taxes required to be accrued as a liability
under GAAP as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; 
 (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or
other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets or which must by its terms or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale; 

(4) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in
either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or
such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be; and

 (5) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in the Restricted
Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures that are the subject of such Asset Sale. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt”
means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the lender; 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such
other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contemplated by clause (9) of
the definition of “Permitted Liens.” 
 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, in the event
that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company. 

  
 -20-

 “Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto. 
 “Offering
Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated February 5, 2013 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person (or, if such Person is a limited partnership, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person’s general partner). 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Company and Finance Corp. by two of its
Officers, one of whom, in the case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.04, must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, or the principal accounting officer of the Company or Finance
Corp., as the case may be, and that, in each case, meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. 
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the
Company or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor
that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable. 

“Partnership Agreement” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company, dated as
of December 28, 2010, as in effect on the date of this Indenture and as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Permitted Business” means either (1) gathering, transporting, compressing, treating, processing, marketing, distributing, storing or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities
or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto including entering into Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes to support these businesses and the development, manufacture and sale of equipment or
technology related to these activities, (2) any other business that generates gross income that constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code or (3) any activity that is ancillary, complementary or
incidental to or necessary or appropriate for the activities described in clause (1) or (2) of this definition. 

  
 -21-

 “Permitted Business Investments” means Investments by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or in any Joint Venture, provided that: 
 (1) either (a) at the time of such Investment and immediately thereafter, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 or (b) such Investment does not exceed the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds (as defined in Section 4.07) not previously expended at the time of making such Investment; 

(2) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding Indebtedness at the time of such Investment, either
(a) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or (b) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture that is recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include all Indebtedness of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or
pursuant to any guarantee, including any “claw-back,” “make-well” or “keep-well” arrangement) at the time such Investment is made, constitutes Permitted Debt or could be incurred at that time by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; and 
 (3) such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not outside the scope of the Permitted Business. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company (including through purchases of Notes) or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration (a) from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or (b) pursuant to clause (6) of the items deemed not to be Asset Sales
under the definition of “Asset Sale”; 

  
 -22-

 (5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of, or
out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company in respect of or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided, however, that such amounts are not included in Incremental Funds; 

(6) any Investments received (a) in compromise or resolution of, or upon satisfaction of judgments with respect to,
(i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer
or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes (including pursuant to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings) with Persons who are not Affiliates or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Contracts entered into in the ordinary course
of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) Permitted Business Investments; 

(9) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) loans
or advances to officers, directors or employees made in compliance with law and in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and otherwise in compliance with Section 4.11;

 (11) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment consists of prepaid expenses, negotiable
instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation or performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(12) Investments that are in existence on the date of this Indenture, and any extension, modification or renewal of any
such Investments, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases of such Investments (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original
issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investments as in effect on the date of this Indenture); 
 (13) guarantees of performance of operating leases or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -23-

 (14) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date such entity
became a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the date of this Indenture or of any entity merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.01 to the extent that such Investments were not made
in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(15) repurchases of or other Investments in the Notes; 

(16) Guarantees of Indebtedness other than Indebtedness of an Affiliate permitted under Section 4.09; and 

(17) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or
(b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facilities; 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
or (b) is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the case of subclause (b), such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof) other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; 

(5) any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Capital Lease Obligation; 

(6) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations,
purchase money obligations or other payments incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

  
 -24-

 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is
otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 
 (b) such Liens are created within 360 days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction, repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or
property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 

(7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 

(8) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business (a) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, trade contracts, government contracts, operating leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature or (b) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social
security or similar legislation; 
 (9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(10) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law; 

(11) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, oil and gas leases,
farmout agreements, division orders, contracts for sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and other agreements arising in the ordinary
course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in the Permitted Business; 

(12) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such
inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; 
 (13) Liens securing
Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees or otherwise under this Indenture, as the case may be; 
 (14) Liens securing any Indebtedness equally and ratably with all Obligations due under the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a contractual covenant that limits Liens in a manner substantially
similar to Section 4.12; 

  
 -25-

 (15) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(16) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and conditions, provided that no such
Lien may extend to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 

(17) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(18) any attachment or judgment Lien that does not constitute an Event of Default; 

(19) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric
lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with the Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect
the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (20) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 (21) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (22) Liens (other than Liens
securing Indebtedness) on, or related to, assets to secure all or part of the costs incurred in the ordinary course of the Permitted Business for the gathering, compression, treating, distribution, production, processing, transportation, marketing,
storage or otherwise handling of Hydrocarbons; 
 (23) statutory and contractual Liens of landlords to secure
rent arising in the ordinary course of business and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being
contested in good faith; 
 (24) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating
to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided, however, that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated
cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuers in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuers or any
Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; 

  
 -26-

 (25) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff,
revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary on deposit with or in possession of such bank; 
 (26) Liens arising under this Indenture in favor of the Trustee for its own benefit and similar Liens in favor of other trustees, agents and representatives arising under instruments governing
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens are solely for the benefit of the trustees, agents or representatives in their capacities as such and not for the benefit of the holders of
such Indebtedness; 
 (27) Liens arising from the deposit of funds or securities in trust for the purpose of
decreasing or defeasing Indebtedness so long as such deposit of funds or securities and such decreasing or defeasing of Indebtedness are permitted under Section 4.07; 

(28) other Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, after giving
effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (28) does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the
Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and 
 (29) any Lien renewing, extending, refinancing or
refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (27) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other
reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to
be encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof). 

In each case set forth above, notwithstanding any stated limitation on the assets that may be subject to such Lien, a Permitted Lien on a
specified asset or group or type of assets may include Liens on all improvements, additions and accessions thereto and all products and proceeds thereof (including dividends, distributions and increases in respect thereof). 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in a Refinancing of other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities being Refinanced (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness or accrued and unpaid dividends on preferred securities and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection
therewith); 

  
 -27-

 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities being Refinanced; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees,
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or preferred securities being Refinanced or shall be Disqualified Stock or preferred securities of the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced; 

(4) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of the Issuers or one or more Guarantors, then such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Issuers or such Guarantors which were obligors or guarantors of such Indebtedness being Refinanced; 
 (5) if any preferred securities being Refinanced were not Disqualified Stock of the Issuers, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be Disqualified Stock of the Issuers; and 

(6) if any preferred securities being Refinanced were preferred securities of a Restricted Subsidiary, the Refinancing
Indebtedness shall be preferred securities of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness
incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.09 shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

“preferred securities” of any Person means any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) of such Person
that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of any class of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person. 

“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 -28-

 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule
144A under the Securities Act. 
 “Qualified Owners” means (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries,
(ii) the Davison Group and (iii) any Related Persons with respect to any Person specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in
respect of which a Change of Control Offer is (or pursuant to Section 4.15(5) is not required to be) made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Qualified
Owner. 
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness or preferred securities, to refinance, extend,
renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, effect a change by amendment or modification, defease or retire, or to issue Indebtedness or preferred securities in exchange or replacement for (or the net proceeds of which are used to Refinance), such
Indebtedness or preferred securities in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Related Person” means, with respect to a particular Qualified Owner, (i) to the extent such Person is an
individual, (a) each other member of such Qualified Owner’s Family; (b) any Person that is directly or indirectly Controlled by such Qualified Owner and/or any one or more members of such Qualified Owner’s Family; (c) any
Person with respect to which such Qualified Owner and/or one or more members of such Qualified Owner’s Family and/or all Related Persons thereto, collectively, constitute at least a majority of the executors or trustees thereof (or in a similar
capacity); and (d) any person that is an estate planning vehicle (such as a trust) of which such Qualified Owner and/or one or more members of such Qualified Owner’s Family and/or any Related Persons thereto, collectively, are substantial
beneficiaries; or (ii) to the extent such Qualified Owner is not an individual, (x) any controlling stockholder, partner, member, 51% (or more) owned Subsidiary or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Qualified
Owner; or (y) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other Person (other than any individual), the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding (directly or through one or
more subsidiaries) a 51% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Qualified Owners or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x) or this clause (y). 

“Reporting Default” means a Default described in clause (4) of Section 6.01. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of
the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global Note”
has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 -29-

 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Rule 144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or
indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary of any Property, whether owned by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary at the date of this Indenture
or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such Property.

 “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Debt” means 
 (1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under Credit Facilities and all obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto; 

(2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of this
Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and 

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

(a) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its
Affiliates; or 
 (b) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 -30-

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal
prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any
specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or
limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole
general partner or member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person
or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such
partnership or limited liability company, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee by a
Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations
thereunder, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA (except as provided in Sections 9.01(8) and 9.03 hereof). 
 “Transaction Costs” means any legal, professional and advisory fees or other transaction costs and expenses paid (whether or not incurred) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with any incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or any issuance of other equity securities or any Refinancing thereof. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Treasury Rate” means as of any redemption date the yield to maturity at such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available
source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to February 15, 2017; provided, however, that if such period is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security

  
 -31-

 
for which a weekly average yield is given, the Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of
United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to February 15, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable redemption date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Make Whole Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving
hereunder. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) the Existing Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any
other Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp.) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that, in the case of clause (i) or (ii),
such Subsidiary: 
 (1) except to the extent permitted by subclause (2)(b) of the definition of
“Permitted Business Investments,” has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt owing to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has
any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee
by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted 

  
 -32-

 
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default
of such covenant. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person (or, if
such Person is a limited partnership, such Person or its general partner, as applicable) that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person (or, if such
Person is a limited partnership, its general partner). 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when
applied to any Indebtedness or preferred securities at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1)
the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal or (with respect to preferred securities) redemption or similar payment,
including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness or preferred securities, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

 

	Section 1.02.	Other Definitions. 

  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Act”
	  	11.14
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Appendix”
	  	2.01
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Settlement Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Discharge”
	  	8.08
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Incremental Funds”
	  	4.07
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09

  
 -33-

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Settlement Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Termination Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Trailing Four Quarters”
	  	Section 4.07

  

	Section 1.03.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

	Section 1.04.	Rules of Construction. 

 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) the meanings of the words “will” and “shall” are the same when used to express an obligation;

 (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include
substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (7)
“herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(8) when the words “includes” or “including” are used herein, they shall be deemed to be followed by
the words “without limitation.” 

  
 -34-

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
  

	Section 2.01.	Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the
“Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Appendix, which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation,
legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

 

	Section 2.02.	Execution and Authentication. 

 An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the
Initial Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $350.0 million of 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes
for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to
be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 after the Initial Issuance Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with
Section 4.09. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to
authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

  
 -35-

	Section 2.03.	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency in
New York, New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. 
 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement
the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. If the Trustee is no longer the Registrar and Paying
Agent, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with access to inspect the Note register at all times and with copies of the Note register. 
  

	Section 2.04.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

 Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when
so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as
a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
  

	Section 2.05.	Noteholder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of Notes. 

  
 -36-

	Section 2.06.	Transfer and Exchange. 

 The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a
request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request
to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments
or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10,
4.15 or 9.05). 
  

	Section 2.07.	Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If
required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may
suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such Note shall have matured, instead of issuing a new Note, the Issuers may direct the Trustee to pay the same
without surrender thereof upon the Holder furnishing the Issuers and the Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to them and complying with such other reasonable regulations as the Issuers may prescribe and paying such reasonable expenses as the Issuer
and the Trustee may incur in connection therewith. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

  

	Section	2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding.
Except as otherwise provided in TIA §316(a), a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee, any provider of an indemnity bond and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced
Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture,
by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the
case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them cease to accrue. 

  
 -37-

	Section 2.09.	Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and
deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  

	Section 2.10.	Cancellation. 

 An
Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall
cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the
Issuers unless the Issuers direct the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers instead. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

 

	Section 2.11.	Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and
payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

 

	Section 2.12.	CUSIP Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if
so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such numbers. 
  

	Section 2.13.	Issuance of Additional Notes. 

 The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the
Initial Issuance Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and 

  
 -38-

 
the date from which interest begins to accrue. The Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a
single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, consents, directions, declarations, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; and none of the Holders of any Initial Notes, any Exchange Notes or any Additional Notes shall
have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, which shall be delivered to the
Trustee, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP
number and any corresponding ISIN of such Additional Notes; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be
Transfer Restricted Securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Appendix to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit 2 to the Appendix. 

 

	Section 2.14.	Persons Deemed Owners. 

 Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company,
the Trustee, any Agent nor any other agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  

	Section 2.15.	Non-Business Day Payments. 

 If any interest payment date, the Stated Maturity, any redemption date, any Settlement Date or any Change of Control Purchase Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the required payment or
delivery will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date that the payment or delivery was due, and no additional interest will accrue on that required payment or delivery for the period from and
after the interest payment date, Stated Maturity, redemption date, Settlement Date or Change of Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, to that next succeeding Business Day. 

  
 -39-

 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  

	Section 3.01.	Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of
Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it requests the Trustee to give notice of
such redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the mailing of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

 

	Section 3.02.	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. 

 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national
securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis. In the event of
partial redemption other than on a pro rata basis, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, not less than three (3) Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the giving of notice of the
redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
 The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in
amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000, shall be
redeemed. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or
in part. In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. 
  

	Section 3.03.	Notice of Redemption. 

 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 

  
 -40-

 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price or, if the redemption price is not then determinable, the manner in which it is to be determined; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after
the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption shall
cease to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are
being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global
Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption. 
 A notice of redemption with respect to any redemption pursuant Section 3.07(c) need not set forth the Make Whole Premium but only the manner of calculation thereof in reasonable detail. The Issuers
will notify the Trustee of the Make Whole Premium with respect to any such redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of optional redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense;
provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in
such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 
  

	Section 3.04.	Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the

  
 -41-

 
redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the completion of
the related Equity Offering. If mailed in the manner provided for in Section 3.03, the notice of redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any
defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. 
  

	Section 3.05.	Deposit of Redemption Price. 

 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate
and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the
Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying
Agent of the Notes redeemed. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the
redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

 

	Section 3.06.	Notes Redeemed in Part. 

 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	Section 3.07.	Optional Redemption. 

 (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to
February 15, 2017. On or after February 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during
the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.438	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 -42-

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time
prior to February 15, 2016, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at a redemption price of 105.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest
payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption
(excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 
 (2) each such redemption occurs within 120
days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 
 (c) Prior to February 15, 2017, the Issuers may redeem all
or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of: 
 (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus

 (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus 
 (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 
 (d) The Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6). 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 

 

	Section 3.08.	Mandatory Redemption. 

 Neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in open market
purchases or negotiated transactions by tender offer or otherwise. 
  

	Section 3.09.	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the
procedures specified below. 

  
 -43-

 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its
commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Settlement
Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been validly tendered
(and not validly withdrawn), all Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner prescribed in the Notes. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy
to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of
the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Asset Sale Offer will terminate (the “Termination Date”); 

(b) the Offer Amount and the purchase price; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Settlement Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, before the Termination Date; 
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, prior to the Termination Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders, and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by
holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount the Company is required to repurchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amounts of

  
 -44-

 
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness (or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness issued with significant original issue discount, based on the accreted value thereof) tendered (with such adjustments
as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased)); and 

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 If any of the Notes subject to an Asset
Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. 

Promptly after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer in the aggregate principal amount required by Section 4.10 hereof, and prior to the Settlement Date it shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were
accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date, the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver such
new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the
results of the Asset Sale Offer on or before the Settlement Date. 
  

	Section 3.10.	Reserved. 

  

	Section 3.11.	No Limit on Other Purchases. 

 Nothing in this Indenture or the Notes shall prohibit or limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time to repurchase the Notes at any price in open market purchases or
negotiated transactions by tender offer or otherwise without any notice to or consent by Holders. Any Notes purchased by the Company may, to the extent permitted by law, be held or resold or may, at the Company’s option, be delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation. Any Notes delivered to the Trustee for cancellation may not be reissued or resold and will promptly be cancelled. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 

 

	Section 4.01.	Payment of Notes. 

The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. 

  
 -45-

 Principal, interest and premium, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the
Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money deposited by an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all
principal, interest and premium, if any, then due. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 The Issuers
shall notify the Trustee of the amounts and payment dates of any Additional Interest that may become payable under any Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

	Section 4.02.	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and they shall maintain an
office or agency in the United States (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect
of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, the Issuers shall forthwith designate and
maintain such an office or agency. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03. In addition, Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee. 
  

	Section 4.03.	Reports. 

 (1)
Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the
Commission will not accept 

  
 -46-

 
such a filing), and, if the Commission will not accept such a filing, the Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of Notes (by
hard copy or internet access), within five Business Days of the date such filing would otherwise be required to be made with the Commission: 
 (a) quarterly and annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Company were required to file such Forms, prepared in all material respects in accordance with the rules and regulations applicable to such Forms and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon that would be required to be
contained in a Form 10-K by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
 (b) all current reports
that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 The Company
shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
 (2) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time the Company
and the Guarantors are not required to file the reports required by Section 4.03(1) with the Commission, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes and
securities analysts, upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (3) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, are
“minor” within the meaning of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, substituting 5% for 3% where applicable), then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (1)(a) of this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably
detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements or in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (4) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive
notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein. 
 (5) The Company will be deemed
to have furnished to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of Notes and securities analysts and prospective investors the reports referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of clause (1) of this Section 4.03 or the information referred to in
clause (2) of this Section 4.03 if the Company has posted such reports or information on the Company Website and issued a press release in respect thereof. For purposes of this Section 4.03, the term “Company Website”
means the collection of web pages that may be accessed on the World Wide Web using the URL address http://www.genesisenergy.com or such other address as the Company may from time to time designate in writing to the Trustee. 

  
 -47-

	Section 4.04.	Compliance Certificate. 

 (1) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after December 31, 2013, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under
this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (2) [Reserved]. 

(3) The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of the General
Partner or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  

	Section 4.05.	Taxes. 

 The
Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to
effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section 4.06.	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

 Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

	Section 4.07.	Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

  
 -48-

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on
account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or
indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or
payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire
or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) other
than through the exchange therefor solely of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value before
twelve months prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness
between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof (other than a purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any such subordinated
Indebtedness that is so purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired or retired for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or payment at final maturity, in each case due within 120 days of the date of such
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment

 (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as
“Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such
Restricted Payment and either: 
 (1) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently
ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Trailing Four Quarters”) is not less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment, together with
(without duplication of amounts included in clause (e) below) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6),
(8), (9), (10), (11) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(a) Available Cash with respect to the Company’s preceding fiscal quarter, plus 

  
 -49-

 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company
(including the fair market value of any Permitted Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after the
Measuring Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or
exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus

 (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Measuring Date is sold for cash or
otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), plus 
 (d) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
from any Person (including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Available Cash for any period commencing on or after the
Measuring Date (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”), minus 
 (e) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below; or 

(2) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Trailing Four Quarters is less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment,
together with (without duplication of amounts included in (a) or (b) below) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2),
(3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made (such Restricted Payments for purposes of this clause (2) meaning only
distributions on the Company’s common units, subordinated units, or incentive distribution rights, plus the related distribution on the general partner interest), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(a) $80.0 million less the aggregate amount of all prior Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) since the date of this Indenture, plus 
 (b) Incremental Funds
to the extent not previously expended pursuant to this clause (2) or clause (1) above. 
 So long as no Default
(except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby (except with respect to clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (7), (8), (10), (11), (12) and (13) below under which the Restricted Payment is
permitted), the preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

  
 -50-

 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the
date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such
Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee thereof or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company in respect of or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed
substantially concurrent if such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for
any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Available Cash and Incremental Funds; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee thereof or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for,
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) the purchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or equity option agreement or other employee benefit plan
or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation rights or option plan or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may
not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year plus (A) the cash proceeds received during such calendar year by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of the Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock) to any such directors or employees (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value will not increase the amount of Incremental Funds under clause
(1)(b) of the immediately preceding paragraph) plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received during such calendar year by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -51-

 (6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of
Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee at a purchase price not greater than (i) 101% of the principal amount of such subordinated or junior Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon in the event of a Change of Control or (ii) 100% of the principal amount of such subordinated or junior Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the event of an Asset Sale, in each case plus accrued interest, in
connection with any Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer required by the terms of such Indebtedness, but only if: 
 (a) in the case of a Change of Control, the Company has first complied with and fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.15; or 

(b) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Company has complied with and fully satisfied its obligations in accordance with
Section 4.10; 
 (7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary representing fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a merger or consolidation involving the Company or Restricted Subsidiary or any other transaction permitted by this
Indenture; 
 (8) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests
deemed to occur upon the exercise or conversion of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents a portion of the exercise or conversion price thereof; 

(9) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred securities of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09;

 (10) the payment of any dividend or any similar distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders (other
than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such dividend or similar distribution is paid to all holders of such Equity Interests (including,
to the extent holding such Equity Interests, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) on a pro rata basis based on their respective holdings of such Equity Interests; 

(11) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary held by any current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the exercise or vesting of any equity compensation (including stock options, restricted
stock and phantom stock) in order to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to such exercise or vesting; 
 (12) any payments to dissenting equityholders not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate after the date of this Indenture (x) pursuant to applicable law or (y) in connection with the settlement
or other satisfaction of claims made pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets in connection with a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture; 

  
 -52-

 (13) any redemption of share purchase rights at a redemption price not to
exceed $0.01 per right; 
 (14) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Acquired Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, by application of (i) cash provided from operations in the ordinary
course of business or (ii) proceeds from borrowings under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility (so long as within 30 days prior to such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, a corresponding amount of
borrowings under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility was repaid from cash provided from operations in the ordinary course of business); provided, in any such case, that the Company is able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness
pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.09 after giving effect to such purchase or redemption; provided further that this clause (14) shall not permit the application of any proceeds from any other borrowings under any Credit
Facility to effect any such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value; or 
 (15) any
other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 4.07 in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $10.0 million. 
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the Restricted Investment proposed to be made or the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any Restricted Investment, assets or securities that are required to be valued by
this Section 4.07 shall be determined, in the case of amounts under $30.0 million, by an officer of the General Partner and, in the case of amounts over $30.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
evidenced by a Board Resolution. In determining the aggregate net cash proceeds or fair market value of Property other than cash received by the Company from the issuance and sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) in
accordance with clause (1)(b) of the second preceding paragraph, amounts of cash received by the Company pursuant to clause (2) of the preceding paragraph or clause (5) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” shall be
excluded from such calculation. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, (x) in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in (1) through (15) of the
immediately preceding paragraph or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.07, the Company shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, to classify such Restricted Payment, or later classify, reclassify or
re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07; and (y) in the event a Restricted Payment is made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of the second preceding paragraph, the
Company will be permitted to classify whether all or any portion thereof is being (and in the absence of such classification shall be deemed to have classified the minimum amount possible as having been) made with Incremental Funds. Not later than
the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in clauses (2) through (15) of the preceding paragraph), the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed. 

  
 -53-

	Section 4.08.	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1)
pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

However, the preceding restrictions of this Section 4.08 will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason
of: 
 (1) agreements (including the Credit Agreement) as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment and transfer restrictions than those contained in those agreements on
the date of this Indenture; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(3) Applicable Law; 
 (4) any instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of any instrument governing Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the
terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon purchase and
sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

  
 -54-

 (6) Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations, in each case for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as to restrictions on distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition or other customary restrictions pursuant thereto; 

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit
the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) customary provisions with respect
to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements or other customary provisions; 

(11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the date of this Indenture, so long as
such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 
 (12) restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) any other agreement governing Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities of the Company or any
Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred or issued by Section 4.09; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture or the
Credit Agreement as it exists on the date of this Indenture; 
 (14) encumbrances and restrictions contained in
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of, or from the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to realize
the value of, property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (15) Hedging Contracts permitted from time to time under this Indenture. 

  
 -55-

	Section 4.09.	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred securities, if, for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities are issued, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence or issuance of any of the following items of Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) described below: 

(1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness (including letters of
credit) under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a
principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $1.0 billion or (b) $725.0 million plus 20.0% of the Company’s
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of incurrence; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes issued and sold on the Initial Issuance Date and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the date of this Indenture and (b) the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued
pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or
improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (4), provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of
(a) $25.0 million or (b) 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of incurrence; 

  
 -56-

 (5) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred
under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (2), (3), (13) or (16) of this paragraph or this clause (5); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that: 
 (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, or if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor another Guarantor is the obligee, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an incurrence (as of the date of such issuance or transfer) of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under Hedging Contracts in the
ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net Hydrocarbon
balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 
 (10) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of self-insurance, bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); 

  
 -57-

 (11) the issuance by (x) any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Disqualified Stock or preferred securities or (y) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Disqualified Stock; provided, however, that, in
the case of (x) or (y): 
 (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company 

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities by such Restricted Subsidiary
or the Company, as applicable, that was not permitted by this clause (11); 
 (12) the incurrence by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of liability in respect of the Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture but only to the extent that such liability is the result of the Company’s or any such
Restricted Subsidiary’s being a general partner of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture and not as guarantor of such Indebtedness and provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of
all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (12) and then outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million; 
 (13)
the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or consolidation satisfying either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (d) of Section 5.01; 

(14) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 
 (15) the incurrence of Indebtedness or
the issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred securities of any of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent the net proceeds thereof are concurrently (a) used to redeem all of the outstanding notes or (b) deposited to
effect Covenant Defeasance or Legal Defeasance or satisfy and discharge this Indenture as described in Article 8 hereof; 
 (16) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts consistent with the operations and business
of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

  
 -58-

 (17) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
additional Indebtedness or the issuance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Disqualified Stock; provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence or issuance, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness
incurred and Disqualified Stock issued under this clause (17) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of incurrence or
issuance. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or preferred securities (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities in any manner
(including by dividing and classifying such item of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities in more than one type of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities permitted under such covenant) that complies with this
Section 4.09. The dollar equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and incurred pursuant to any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the relevant
exchange rates in effect at the time of incurrence. Any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities on the date of this Indenture shall be considered incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, subject to any subsequent classification or
reclassification permitted pursuant to this paragraph. 
 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original
issue discount, the accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock or preferred securities in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred securities will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred
securities for purposes of this Section 4.09, provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued (adjusted, in the case of dividends, by the fraction specified in clause
(4)(b) of the definition of “Fixed Charges”). For purposes of this Section 4.09, (i) the accrual of an obligation to pay a premium in respect of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities arising in
connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities and (ii) unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Contracts (including
those resulting from the application of SFAS 133) will, in case of clause (i) or (ii), not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred securities. Further, the accounting reclassification of any
obligation or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified
Stock or preferred securities for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

  
 -59-

 For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this
Section 4.09, (i) guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such amount shall not also be included and (ii) if obligations in respect of letters
of credit are incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness
shall not be included. 
  

	Section 4.10.	Limitation on Asset Sales. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or
sold or otherwise disposed of; 
 (2) the fair market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the
General Partner if the value is less than $30.0 million and evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or (b) the Company’s Board of Directors if the value is $30.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of
such Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
 (3) at least
75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the date of this Indenture is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following
will be deemed to be cash: 
 (a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability (or in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the acquiror or its parent company to indemnify
and hold the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary harmless from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of such assumed Indebtedness or liabilities accompanied by the posting of a letter of credit (issued by a commercial bank that has an
Investment Grade Rating) in favor of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for the full amount of the liability and for so long as the liability remains outstanding; provided, however, that such indemnifying party (or its long term
debt securities) shall have an Investment Grade Rating (with no indication of a negative outlook or credit watch with negative implications, in any case, that contemplates such indemnifying party (or its long term debt securities) failing to have an
Investment Grade Rating) at the time the indemnity is entered into); 
 (b) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 180 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;
and 

  
 -60-

 (c) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clause (II), (III)
or (V) of the following paragraph. 
 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following: 

(I) to repay Senior Debt; 
 (II) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; 

(III) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; 

(IV) to make capital expenditures; or 

(V) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 

The acquisition of stock or assets, or making of a capital expenditure, pursuant to clauses (II), (III), (IV) or (V) of the
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be satisfied if an agreement (including a lease, whether a capital lease or an operating lease) committing to make the acquisitions or expenditure referred to therein is entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company within the time period specified in the preceding paragraph and such Net Proceeds are subsequently applied in accordance with such agreement within six months following the
date such agreement is entered into. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

 On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds then exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and to all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, and will be payable in cash. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from
an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 360 days (or such longer period provided above). If any 

  
 -61-

 
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro
rata basis as set forth in Section 3.09(h) of this Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict. 
  

	Section 4.11.	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”),
unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Company
or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Company’s Conflicts Committee (or other committee serving a similar function). 
 The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph of this Section 4.11: 

(1) any employment, severance, employee benefit, director or officer indemnification, equity award, equity option or
equity appreciation or other compensation agreement or plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments, awards, grants or issuances of securities pursuant thereto; 

(2) transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -62-

 (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely
because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or otherwise controls, such Person; 
 (4) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of (a) agreements described in the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 under the caption
“Related Party Transactions” or in note 13 to the Company’s audited historical financial statements included in such annual report, in each case, as such agreements are in effect on the date of this Indenture, (b) any amendment
or replacement of any of such agreements or (c) any agreements entered into hereafter that are similar to any of such agreements, so long as, in the case of clause (b) or (c), the terms of any such amendment or replacement agreement or
future agreement are, on the whole, no less advantageous to the Company or no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced or the similar agreement referred to in the preceding clause (a),
respectively; 
 (5) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers,
directors or employees of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance; 

(6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company, or receipt by the Company of
capital contributions from holders of its Equity Interests; 
 (7) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments
that are permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (8) payments to the General Partner with respect to reimbursement for
expenses in accordance with the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture and as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, so long as any such amendment, modification or supplement is no less favorable to
the Company in any material respect than the agreement prior to such amendment, modification or supplement; 

(9) in the case of contracts for gathering, transporting, treating, processing, marketing, distributing, storing or
otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto, or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those
contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties, or if neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a similar contract with a third party, then the terms are no less
favorable than those available from third parties on an arm’s-length basis; 
 (10) (a) guarantees by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of performance of obligations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures in the ordinary course of business, except for guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, 

  
 -63-

 
and (b) pledges by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures for the benefit of lenders or other creditors of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” with respect to clause (b) so long as any such transaction, if involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million,
has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (11)
transactions between the Company and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the General Partner or, if applicable, the Company; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the General
Partner or, if applicable, the Company on any matter involving such other Person; and 
 (12) any transaction in
which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
view or that such transaction meets the requirements of the first paragraph of this Section 4.11. 
  

	Section 4.12.	Limitation on Liens. 

 The
Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness upon any of their
property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or on a senior basis (to at least the same extent as the
Notes are senior in right of payment) to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured
by a Lien. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of
the initial Lien. 
  

	Section 4.13.	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

 If, after the date of this Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor, which, when
combined with any other Indebtedness for which such Restricted Subsidiary is an obligor or guarantor, is at least $10.0 million in aggregate principal amount, then that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, as the case may be, together with any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel required by Section 9.06; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long
as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this Section 4.13 will be released at such time as specified under
Section 10.04. 

  
 -64-

	Section 4.14.	Existence. 

 Except as
otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms hereof (including consolidation and merger permitted by Section 5.01), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its partnership
existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve the existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except Finance Corp.) if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

 

	Section 4.15.	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

 (1) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the
Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of
Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously
or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of
Control and stating: 
 (a) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and
that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 
 (b) the purchase price
and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”); 

(c) that the Change of Control Offer will expire as of the time specified in such notice on the Change of Control Purchase
Date and that the Company shall pay the Change of Control Payment for all Notes accepted for purchase as of the Change of Control Purchase Date promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date; 

(d) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(e) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Settlement Date; 

  
 -65-

 (f) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the
Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer on the Change of Control Purchase Date; 

(g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, prior to the termination of the
Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Notes
purchased; and 
 (h) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 

If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to
the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this
Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict. 

(2) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in
minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) properly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date the Company
shall: 
 (a) deposit with the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered (and not validly withdrawn); and 
 (b)
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Paying Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control
Payment for such Notes (or, if all the Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of the Depository) and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal
in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if 

  
 -66-

 
any; provided, however, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Company shall publicly announce
the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 
 (3) The
Change of Control provisions of this Section 4.15 shall be applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (4) Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event no later than the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Company or any Guarantor must either repay all of its
other outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15. 

(5) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) irrevocable notice of redemption of all Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.07, unless there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

(6) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control, if a definitive agreement is in effect for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 

(7) In the event that upon consummation of a Change of Control Offer less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(including any Additional Notes) that were originally issued are held by Holders other than the Issuers or Affiliates thereof, the Issuers will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30
days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not
included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date). 
  

	Section 4.16.	No Inducements. 

 The
Company will not, and the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any Notes for
or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, amendment or supplement of any terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid (or agreed to be paid) to all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the
Notes which so consent in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent. 

  
 -67-

	Section 4.17.	Permitted Business Activities. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Finance Corp. shall not incur Indebtedness unless (1) the Company is an
obligor or a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company as
permitted under Section 4.09. Finance Corp. shall not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

 

	Section 4.18.	Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction other than an Equipment Lease Transaction; provided, however,
that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
 (1)
the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12; 
 (2) the gross cash proceeds of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in accordance with the definition of that term in Section 1.01 and set
forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (3) the transfer of assets in that Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10. 

 

	Section 4.19.	Covenant Termination. 

 If
at any time (a) the rating assigned to the Notes by S&P and Moody’s is an Investment Grade Rating, (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture and (c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee
an Officers’ Certificate certifying to matters specified in clauses (a) and (b) of this sentence as of the date of such certificate, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of Sections
3.09, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.20 and clause (d) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture. However, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Indenture.

  
 -68-

	Section 4.20.	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will either be deemed to be an
Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation shall
only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09,
either as “Permitted Debt” or pursuant to the first paragraph thereof with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and
(2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
  

	Section 5.01.	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 

 Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the survivor), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person, unless: 
 (a) either (1) such Issuer is the survivor or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer ) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may
not consolidate or merge with or into any Person unless the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation; 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental
indenture or other agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

  
 -69-

 (c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; 
 (d) in the case of a transaction involving the Company and not Finance Corp., either; 

(i) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, on the date of such transaction immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to any related financing transactions as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; or

 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and to any related financing transactions on a pro
forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, will be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transactions; and 

(e) such Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of officers of the
General Partner. 
 Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (d), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Finance Corp.) may consolidate with, merge into or dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or (ii) the Company may consolidate or merge with or into a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, without the
Company being required to comply with the preceding clause (d) in connection with any such consolidation, merger or disposition. 
 Notwithstanding the second preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Company may reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance with the following procedures, provided that: 

(1) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the
Company into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 
 (2) the entity so
formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 

  
 -70-

 (3) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization assumes
all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(5) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this
clause (5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an
entity or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar state or local law). 

Upon any consolidation or merger or any disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in accordance
with the foregoing, in which the Company is not the surviving entity, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such, and thereafter (except in the case of a lease of all or
substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets) the Company will be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
  

	Section 5.02.	Successor Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which such Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for such Issuer (so that from
and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer
instead to the successor and not to the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter, if an Issuer is dissolved following a transfer of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in accordance with this Indenture, it shall
be discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor and such discharge and release of
such Issuer. 

  
 -71-

 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	Section 6.01.	Events of Default. 

 An
“Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law): 

(1) an Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a
period of 30 days; 
 (2) an Issuer defaults in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
the Notes; 
 (3) the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof; 

(4) the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.03 for 180 days after notice to the Company by the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 
 (5)
the Company fails to comply with any other covenant or other agreement in this Indenture (including Sections 4.10 and 4.15) or the Notes for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding of such failure; 
 (6) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of this Indenture, if such default: 
 (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment
Default”); or 
 (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such
acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and
any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; 

  
 -72-

 (7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to pay final
judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of
60 days; 
 (8) any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or
ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than, in any such case, by reason of release of a
Guarantor in accordance with Section 10.04); and 
 (9) the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the
meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 

(b) consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(c) consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(e) admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(a) is for relief against the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case; 

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, Finance
Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or

  
 -73-

 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

 

	Section 6.02.	Acceleration. 

 If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, thereon. Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Event of Default specified in clause
(9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if
any, thereon. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree; (ii) all existing Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived; (iii) to the
extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due other than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and (iv) the Issuers have paid the Trustee
its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

 

	Section 6.03.	Other Remedies. 

 If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them
in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.
All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 -74-

	Section 6.04.	Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) then outstanding (including waivers obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Note) by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  

	Section 6.05.	Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  

	Section 6.06.	Limitation on Suits. 

 A
Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (1) the Holder of a
Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3)
such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if
requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder of
a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

  
 -75-

	Section 6.07.	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due
dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

  

	Section 6.08.	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, and interest and premium, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to
cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

	Section 6.09.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their
property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

	Section 6.10.	Priorities. 

 If the
Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

  
 -76-

 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  

	Section 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note
pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
  

	Section 7.01.	Duties of Trustee. 

 (1)
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under
the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 
 (2) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 (a) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(b) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

  
 -77-

 (3) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (a) this paragraph does
not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for
any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 

(d) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (4) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(5) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

	Section 7.02.	Rights of Trustee. 

 (1)
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 

  
 -78-

 (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (5) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 
 (6) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder shall have offered
to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(7) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the
Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or (2) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible
Officer shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge. 
 (8) The permissive right of the Trustee to act
hereunder shall not be construed as a duty. 
 (9) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and in its capacity as Trustee under any other agreement executed in connection with this Indenture to
which the Trustee is a party. 
  

	Section 7.03.	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof. 

 

	Section 7.04.	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application
of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

  
 -79-

	Section 7.05.	Notice of Defaults. 

 If
a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event
of Default in payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests
of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section 7.06.	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a
brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2) and § 313(b)(1). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA
§ 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  

	Section 7.07.	Compensation and Indemnity. 

 The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee may agree in writing for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses
incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee, jointly and severally, against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses
incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except
to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the 

  
 -80-

 
Issuers and the Guarantors will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense with counsel acceptable to and approved by the Trustee (such approval not
to be unreasonably withheld) and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Issuers and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity against any liability or loss of the Trustee to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the negligence,
bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee. 
 The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this
Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 To secure the Issuers’ and the
Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.
Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders
services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent
applicable. 
  

	Section 7.08.	Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days’
notice at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers
in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

  
 -81-

 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring
Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails
to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders
of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

 

	Section 7.09.	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Issuers and the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws
to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and
(5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 

  
 -82-

	Section 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 

 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  

	Section 8.01.	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

 The Issuers may, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, exercise their rights under either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
  

	Section 8.02.	Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged its Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05
hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense
of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the
Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the
Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 If the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option, each
Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released. 

  
 -83-

	Section 8.03.	Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14), Section 3.09 and in
clause (d) of Section 5.01 hereof on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of
any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose,
Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly
or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or
an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released. 
  

	Section 8.04.	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the date of fixed maturity
or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (a) the Issuers have received from, or there
has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

  
 -84-

 (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of Officers of the General Partner; 

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate
or certificates of Officers of the General Partner; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness or other borrowing of funds, or the grant of Liens securing such Indebtedness or other borrowing, all or a portion of
which are to be applied to such deposit); 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in
a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 (6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was
not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of Officers of
the General Partner. 

  
 -85-

	Section 8.05.	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, interest and premium, if
any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuers shall pay and
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof
other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the
written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant
Defeasance or Discharge, as the case may be. 
  

	Section 8.06.	Repayment to Issuers. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or
any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, interest or premium, if any, has become due and payable
shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or non-callable Government Securities, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the written direction and expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 

 

	Section 8.07.	Reinstatement. 

 If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such

  
 -86-

 
time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof; provided, however, that, if an Issuer makes any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
  

	Section 8.08.	Discharge. 

 This
Indenture shall be satisfied and discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder (except for (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in clause
(b) of this Section 8.08, and as more fully set forth in such clause (b), payments in respect of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with
respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith),
when: 
 (1) either: 
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to
the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (b) all Notes that have not been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise, and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in
amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the
date of fixed maturity or redemption; 
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the
date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness or other borrowing of funds, or the granting of Liens securing such Indebtedness or other borrowing
of funds, all or a portion of which are to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (3) the
Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; 

  
 -87-

 (4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (5) the Issuers have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
(“Discharge”) have been satisfied; provided, however, that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of officers of the General Partner. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  

	Section 9.01.	Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to the Holders of Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder or to conform this Indenture to the Offering Memorandum; 
 (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12 or otherwise; 

(6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from
its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case, in accordance with Article 10 hereof; 
 (8) to comply with requirements
of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (9) to evidence
or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; or 

  
 -88-

 (10) to provide for the reorganization of the Company as any other form of
entity in accordance with Section 5.01. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of
any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such
amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  

	Section 9.02.	With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

 Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or
tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes. However, without the
consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided in Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the
rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (other than payments required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 

  
 -89-

 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions. 

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions authorizing their execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in
which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or
any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	Section 9.03.	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a purchase, tender or
exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange. 
  

	Section 9.04.	Effect of Consents. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of
clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the
same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

  
 -90-

	Section 9.05.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a
new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	Section 9.06.	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of
the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent are satisfied. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES OF NOTES 

 

	Section 10.01.	Subsidiary Guarantees. 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured
basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby and the Obligations of the
Issuers hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon
repurchase or redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on the Notes, and all other payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly
paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due
of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary
Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligations of the Issuers. 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to 

  
 -91-

 
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations
contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an
Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the
extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed
hereby. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on
the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become
due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders
under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  

	Section 10.02.	Subsidiary Guarantee Evidenced by Indenture; No Notation of Subsidiary Guarantee. 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be evidenced solely by its execution and delivery of this Indenture (or, in the case of
any Guarantor that is not party to this Indenture on the date of this Indenture, a supplemental indenture hereto) and not by an endorsement on, or attachment to, any Note of any Subsidiary Guarantee or notation thereof. To effect any Subsidiary
Guarantee of any Guarantor not a party to this Indenture on the date of this Indenture, such future Guarantor shall execute and deliver a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, which supplemental indenture shall be
executed and delivered on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be and remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on any Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary
Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each of the Guarantors. 

  
 -92-

	Section 10.03.	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

 (1) No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, under the Notes, this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee
on terms set forth therein, or (2) if the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transaction a Guarantor, such transaction complies with the provisions of Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

(2) In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed
and delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 
  

	Section 10.04.	Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees. 

 The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released: (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by
way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (2) in connection with
any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with
Section 4.10; (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.20 of this Indenture; (4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or
Discharge in accordance with Article 8; (5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or (6) at such time as such Guarantor ceases to guarantee any other
Indebtedness of either of the Issuers and any other Guarantor. 
 Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an
Officers’ Certificate to the effect that any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (1) – (6) has occurred, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the
release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on
the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 -93-

	Section 10.05.	[Reserved]. 

  

	Section 10.06.	Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

 The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and
after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this
Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	Section 11.01.	Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), such TIA-imposed duties shall control. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts
with a provision of the TIA which is required to be a part of and govern this Indenture, such required provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or
excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or shall be excluded, as the case may be. 
  

	Section 11.02.	Notices. 

 Any notice or
communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to any of the Issuers or the
Guarantors: 
 Genesis Energy, L.P. 
 919 Milam, Suite 2100 
 Houston, Texas 77002 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 860-2647 
 with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

 Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 
 1111 Louisiana Street, 44th Floor 
 Houston, Texas 77002-5200 

Attention: J. Vincent Kendrick 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 236-0822 

  
 -94-

 If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 5555 San Felipe, Suite 1150 

Houston, Texas 77056 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 235-9213

 An Issuer, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to
have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address
shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner
provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If either of the
Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such
notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice
shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to its Applicable Procedures, not later than the latest date, if any, and not earlier than the earliest date, if any, prescribed for the giving of such
notice. 

  
 -95-

	Section 11.03.	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	Section 11.04.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the
statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements
set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

	Section 11.05.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with
the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the person making such certificate
or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such
condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

  
 -96-

 Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates
to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon
which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of, or representation by, counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or
Officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 
 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

 

	Section 11.06.	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

 

	Section 11.07.	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders. 

 None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or
any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

 

	Section 11.08.	Governing Law. 

 THIS
INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

	Section 11.09.	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be
used to interpret this Indenture. 

  
 -97-

	Section 11.10.	Successors. 

 All
agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

 

	Section 11.11.	Severability. 

 In case
any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

 

	Section 11.12.	Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	Section 11.13.	Counterparts. 

 The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of
copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.
Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
  

	Section 11.14.	Acts of Holders. 

 (1) Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed
by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are
herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.14. 
 Without
limiting the generality of this Section 11.14, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, (i) a Holder, including a Depository or its nominee that is a Holder of a Global Note, may give, make or take, by an agent or agents
duly appointed in writing, any 

  
 -98-

 
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders, and a Depository or its nominee
that is a Holder of a Global Note may duly appoint in writing as its agent or agents members of, or participants in, such Depository holding interests in such Global Note in the records of such Depository; and (ii) with respect to any Global
Note the Depository for which is The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), any consent or other action given, made or taken by an “agent member” of DTC by electronic means in accordance with the Automated Tender Offer Procedures
system or other customary procedures of, and pursuant to authorization by, DTC shall be deemed to constitute the “Act” of the Holder of such Global Note, and such Act shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the Trustee
upon the delivery by DTC of an “agent’s message” or other notice of such consent or other action having been so given, made or taken in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC. 

(2) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution
thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or
writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (3) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.14 or elsewhere in this Indenture, the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of
holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.03. 

(4) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not
earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05 and not later
than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the second sentence of the first paragraph of Section 9.04, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act
may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date (whether or not such Persons were Holders before, or continue to be Holders after, such record date) shall be deemed to be
Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and
(except to the extent otherwise required by TIA Section 316(a)) for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be 

  
 -99-

 
computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 
 (5) Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or an Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

(6) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to give, make or take any action hereunder with regard to any particular
Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

 (7) For purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders that may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means or
as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 
  

	Section 11.15.	Patriot Act. 

 The parties
hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within their possession or
control as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

  
 -100-

 SIGNATURES 

 

			
	 ISSUERS:

	
	 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	Genesis Energy, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Grant E. Sims

		 	Name:    Grant E. Sims
		 	Title:      Chief Executive Officer
	
	 GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Grant E. Sims

		 	Name:    Grant E. Sims
		 	Title:      Chief Executive Officer
	
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 GENESIS CO2 PIPELINE, L.P.

	 GENESIS CRUDE OIL, L.P.

	 GENESIS NATURAL GAS PIPELINE, L.P.

	 GENESIS PIPELINE TEXAS, L.P.

	 GENESIS PIPELINE USA, L.P.

	 GENESIS SYNGAS INVESTMENTS, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	GENESIS ENERGY, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Grant E. Sims

		 	Name:    Grant E. Sims
		 	Title:      Chief Executive Officer

  
 Signature
Page 
 Indenture 

 
			
	 DAVISON PETROLEUM SUPPLY, LLC

	 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, INC.

	 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, LLC

	 FUEL MASTERS, LLC

	 GEL CHOPS GP, LLC

	 GEL LOUISIANA FUELS, LLC

	 GEL ODYSSEY, LLC

	 GEL OFFSHORE, LLC

	 GEL OFFSHORE PIPELINE, LLC

	 GEL POSEIDON, LLC

	 GEL SEKCO, LLC

	 GEL TEX MARKETING, LLC

	 GEL WYOMING, LLC

	 GENESIS BR, LLC

	 GENESIS CHOPS I, LLC

	 GENESIS CHOPS II, LLC

	 GENESIS DAVISON, LLC

	 GENESIS ENERGY, LLC

	 GENESIS FREE STATE HOLDINGS, LLC

	 GENESIS MARINE, LLC

	 GENESIS NEJD HOLDINGS, LLC

	 GENESIS ODYSSEY, LLC

	 GENESIS OFFSHORE, LLC

	 GENESIS PIPELINE ALABAMA, LLC

	 GENESIS POSEIDON, LLC

	 GENESIS RAIL SERVICES, LLC

	 GENESIS SEKCO, LLC

	 MILAM SERVICES, INC.

	 PRONGHORN RAIL SERVICES, LLC

	 RED RIVER TERMINALS, L.L.C.

	 TDC, L.L.C.

	 TDC SERVICES CORPORATION, INC.

	 TEXAS CITY CRUDE OIL TERMINAL, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Robert V. Deere

		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature
Page 
 Indenture 

 
			
	 GEL CHOPS I, L.P.

	 GEL CHOPS II, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	GEL CHOPS GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Robert V. Deere

		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature
Page 
 Indenture 

 
			
	 U.S. Bank National Association,

	 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Steven A. Finklea

		 	Name:    Steven A. Finklea, CCTS
		 	Title:      Vice President

  
 Signature
Page 
 Indenture 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES 
 AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
 1. Definitions 

1.1 Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Exchange Notes” means (1) the 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant
to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. 

“Initial Notes” means (1) $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of
5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 issued on the Initial Issuance Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 “Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial
Issuance Date, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.,
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC, Regions Securities LLC, Comerica Securities, Inc., Santander Investment Securities Inc. and SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional
Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 
 “Notes”
means the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes, treated as a single class. 
 “Notes
Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, the
Purchase Agreement dated February 5, 2013 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or
underwriting agreement among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes (or their representatives). 

  
 App. - 1

 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers,
pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the
Initial Issuance Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated February 8, 2013 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of
Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase
Agreement (or their representatives). 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration
statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof. 

1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 
 2.1(a) Form and Dating. Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S
(“Regulation S Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), in each case as provided in a Purchase Agreement, shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form
without interest coupons with the global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented
thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may direct), and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Exchange
Notes shall be issued in global form (with the global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4 of this Appendix. Exchange Notes issued in

  
 App. - 2

 
global form and Restricted Global Notes are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes.” The OID legend set forth in Section 2.3(b)(v) shall be placed on all Notes
issued under the Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 

The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or
more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such
Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to represent Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as
required by law or the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the
Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from
giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 Until the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the
offering of any Initial Notes and the original issue date of such Initial Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes may be transferred to a
Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that
such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such Person is a QIB, in each case in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, such certification requirements shall not apply
to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes. 
 Beneficial interests
in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule
144 (if available). 

  
 App. - 3

 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except with the consent of the Company.

 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Initial Issuance
Date, an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in
the written order of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in
each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in
the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture. 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 
 (i) The
transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the
Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the
Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in
the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the
Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (iii) In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or a
transfer pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including
the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the
Company. 

  
 App. - 4

 (b) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the
Restricted Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WERE THE OWNERS OF SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO
WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED
PRIOR TO THE 

  
 App. - 5

 
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
(i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES IN CLAUSES (i)(A) OR (B), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE
OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY THE COMPANY OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN
REQUEST FOR THE REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM
BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 (ii) The Company, acting in its discretion, may remove the legend
set forth in paragraph (i) above from any Transfer Restricted Security at any time on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Transfer Restricted Security. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence,
the Company may effect such removal by issuing and delivering, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Security, a Note without such legend, registered to the same Holder and in an equal principal amount, and upon receipt of a written order of the
Company given at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed date of exchange specified therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Note as directed in
such order. 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness
of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Notes will cease to apply (except as provided in Section 2.3(b)(v), if applicable), the requirements that any such
Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or an Initial Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the
Holder of such Initial Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 

  
 App. - 6

 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to
the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and
Exchange Notes in certificated or global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (v) The following legend shall be placed on all Notes issued under the Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes: 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN
THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: GENESIS ENERGY, L.P., 919 MILAM, SUITE 2100, HOUSTON,
TX 77002 ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. 
 (c) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior
to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, or if any certificated Note is exchanged for such a beneficial interest, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced or increased, as appropriate, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the
Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction or increase, as the case may be. 
 (d) Obligations
with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 and of the Indenture). 

  
 App. - 7

 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of
Notes to be redeemed. 
 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the
Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, and interest and
premium, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the
same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of optional redemption) or the
payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders
(which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The
Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions
on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than
to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof. 
 2.4 Certificated Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners 

  
 App. - 8

 
thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with
Section 2.3 and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the
Exchange Act and in either event a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and DTC notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes;
provided, that a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes may not be exchanged for certificated Notes or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a certificated Note prior to
(A) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of a certification, pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act (except in the case of a “Distributor” as defined in
Rule 902(d) under the Securities Act), of beneficial ownership of the Notes by a non-U.S. Person or a U.S. Person (within the meaning of Regulation S) who purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities
Act. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, and notwithstanding any contrary indication in Section 2.3(b), beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes only with the consent of the Company, including if
an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company acquires such interests. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the
beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this
Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any certificated
Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the circumstances specified in Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available
to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 App. - 9

 EXHIBIT 1 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART,
TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER SUCH NOTES NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY 

  
 Ex. 1-1 to
Appendix 

 
AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WERE THE OWNERS OF SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE EXCEPT
(A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE
144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM SUCH NOTE IS TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE A
NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) THAT IS (A) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION
AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES IN CLAUSES (i)(A) OR (B), TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR
TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AS TO ANY NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UPON DELIVERY TO THE TRUSTEE BY THE COMPANY OR THE HOLDER THEREOF OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR THE REMOVAL HEREOF, IN ANY CASE AT ANY TIME AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 Ex. 1-2 to
Appendix 

 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P. 
 GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION 
  

			
	No.	  	$                           
 
		  	 CUSIP No.
 ISIN No.

5 
3/4% Senior Note due 2021 

Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally promise to pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto]1 on February 15, 2021. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. 
 Record Dates:
February 1 and August 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

  

			
	 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P.

		
	By:	 	Genesis Energy, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

  

	1 	If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 1-3 to
Appendix 

 
			
	GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

  
 Ex. 1-4 to
Appendix 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 

AUTHENTICATION 
  

			
	 U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 Ex. 1-5 to
Appendix 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

5 
3/4% Senior Note due 2021 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless
otherwise indicated. 
 1. Interest. Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (the
“Company”), and Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise, to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note at 5.750% per annum from February 8, 2013 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional
Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing August 15, 2013. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the
interest payment to be made on such Interest Payment Date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date, and no additional interest will accrue solely as a result of such
delayed payment. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except
in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay (i) interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the then applicable interest rate on the Notes and (ii) interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments
of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered
Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity. The Notes will
be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to
the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of
which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Note is a Global Note, payment may be made pursuant to the Applicable Procedures of the Depository as permitted in the
Indenture. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

  
 Ex. 1-6 to
Appendix 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee
under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 8, 2013 (“Indenture”) among the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. Any conflict between the Notes and the Indenture will be governed by the
Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers the aggregate principal
amount of which is unlimited. 
 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to February 15, 2017. On or after February 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that
is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.438	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
February 15, 2016, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.750% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the
net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of 

  
 Ex. 1-7 to
Appendix 

 
Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

(c) Prior to February 15, 2017, the Issuers may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 
 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6) of the Indenture.

 6. Mandatory Redemption. Neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions by tender offer or otherwise. 

7. Reserved. 
 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
 (a) Within 30 days following the
occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to
repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control
Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of
Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall
commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and
such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at 

  
 Ex. 1-8 to
Appendix 

 
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an
Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by
holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that
only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an
offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the
Notes. 
 9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except
as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. If mailed in
the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the
notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and
after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 10.
Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium and interest on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the
Indenture. 
 11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption,
except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

12. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 Ex. 1-9 to
Appendix 

 13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture,
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder or to conform the Indenture to the Offering
Memorandum, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the
Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee or (10) to provide for the
reorganization of the Company as any other form of entity in accordance with Section 5.01. 
 14. Defaults and
Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon
optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 180 days after notice to comply with
Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture (including Sections 4.10 and 4.15) or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture
or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $20.0 million, provided that if any such
Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such
acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with 

  
 Ex. 1-10 to
Appendix 

 
any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a
reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than, in any such case, by
reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Indenture); and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in Section 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) of
the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) of the Indenture, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. The Issuers
are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to
deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 15. Defeasance and Discharge. The
Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 
 16. No Recourse
Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such,
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

  
 Ex. 1-11 to
Appendix 

 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 18. Abbreviations. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. In
addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 8, 2013, among the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to
a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon. 
 21. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 22. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all
the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

Genesis Energy, L.P. 
 919 Milam, Suite 2100 
 Houston, Texas 77002 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 Ex. 1-12 to
Appendix 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

							
	Date:	  	Your Signature:	  	
		
		  	
                 Sign
exactly as your name appears on the

                 other side
of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as
may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes (or the date of any subsequent
reopening of the Notes) and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by an Issuer or any Affiliate of an Issuer (or, in the case of Regulation S Notes, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period), the undersigned
confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
			
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	to an Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for
its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933;
or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933;
or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 Ex. 1-13 to
Appendix 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the
Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
 Signature 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is
a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding
the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in
order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
 Dated: 

Notice: To be executed by an executive officer 

  
 Ex. 1-14 to
Appendix 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below: 

 ̈
      Section 4.10                             ̈      Section 4.15 
 If you want to elect to have only part of
this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elect to have purchased: $

  

							
	Date:	  	Your Signature:	  	
		
		  	
                 (Sign
exactly as your name appears on the

                 other side
of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an
“eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 1-15 to
Appendix 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

 

  
 Ex. 1-16 to
Appendix 

 EXHIBIT 2 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] ___*/ 
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and the attachment from such Exhibit 1
captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] — SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

 All references
to “Additional Interest” in the Note shall be deleted unless, at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note, any Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) has occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes
during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  
 Ex. 2-1 to
Appendix 

 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

GENESIS ENERGY, L.P. 
 GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION 
  

			
	No.	  	$

  

			
		  	 CUSIP No.
 ISIN No

 . 
 5 3/4% Senior Note due 2021 
 Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to
                    , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                 Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule; A hereto]2 on February 15, 2021. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

			
	GENESIS ENERGY, L.P.
		
	 By:
	 	Genesis Energy, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title:    Chief Executive Officer

  
  

	2 	If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 2-2 to
Appendix 

 
			
	GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title:    Chief Executive Officer

  
 Ex. 2-3 to
Appendix 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 

AUTHENTICATION 
 U.S. Bank
National Association, 
 as Trustee, certifies that this 
 is one of the Notes 
 referred to in the Indenture. 

 

			
	
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 Ex. 2-4 to
Appendix 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

5 
3/4% Senior Note due 2021 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless
otherwise indicated. 
 1. Interest. Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (the
“Company”), and Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note at 5.750% per annum from February 8, 2013 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing
August 15, 2013. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment to be made on such Interest Payment Date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on
such Interest Payment Date, and no additional interest will accrue solely as a result of such delayed payment. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the
date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest
Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay (i) interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the then applicable interest rate on the Notes and (ii) interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers
will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled
after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and
premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New
York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be
required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Note is a Global Note,
payment may be made pursuant to the Applicable Procedures of the Depository as permitted in the Indenture. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
and private debts. 

  
 Ex. 2-5 to
Appendix 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee
under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 8, 2013 (“Indenture”) among the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. Any conflict between the Notes and the Indenture will be governed by the
Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers the aggregate principal
amount of which is unlimited. 
 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to February 15, 2017. On or after February 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that
is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.438	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
February 15, 2016, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 105.750% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the
net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after
the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

  
 Ex. 2-6 to
Appendix 

 (c) Prior to February 15, 2017, the Issuers may redeem all or part of the Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

(d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6) of the Indenture. 
 6. Mandatory Redemption. Neither of the Issuers shall
be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions by tender offer or otherwise.

 7. Reserved. 
 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
 (a) Within 30 days following the
occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to
repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control
Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of
Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall
commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and
such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus 

  
 Ex. 2-7 to
Appendix 

 
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on
or prior to the Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be
purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase
date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a
Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. If mailed in the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of
optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations
larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption. 
 10. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium and interest
on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 
 11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be
registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any
taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or
register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 12. Persons Deemed
Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 Ex. 2-8 to
Appendix 

 13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture,
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder or to conform the Indenture to the Offering
Memorandum, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the
Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee or (10) to provide for the
reorganization of the Company as any other form of entity in accordance with Section 5.01. 
 14. Defaults and
Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon
optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 180 days after notice to comply with
Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture (including Sections 4.10 and 4.15) or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture
or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $20.0 million, provided that if any such
Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such
acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with 

  
 Ex. 2-9 to
Appendix 

 
any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a
reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than, in any such case, by
reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Indenture); and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in Section 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) of
the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) of the Indenture, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. The Issuers
are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to
deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 15. Defeasance and Discharge. The
Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 
 16. No Recourse
Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such,
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

  
 Ex. 2-10 to
Appendix 

 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 18. Abbreviations. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 19. Reserved. 

20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the
Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to
the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

21. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK. 
 22. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the
Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to
any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Genesis Energy, L.P.

 919 Milam, Suite 2100 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 Ex. 2-11 to
Appendix 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

			
	Date:	  	Your
		  	Signature:
		
		  	         Sign exactly as your name appears on the

        other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an
“eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 2-12 to
Appendix 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 
  

			
	 ̈ Section 4.10	  	 ̈ Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elected to have purchased: $ 

 

			
	Date:	  	Your
		  	Signature:
		
		  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the

other side of this Note)

		
		  	 Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:

 Signature Guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an
“eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 2-13 to
Appendix 

 SCHEDULE I 
 AGREEMENT WITH AFFILIATES 
 Each of the following is an agreement referred to in
paragraph (4) (b) of Section 4.11: 
 None. 

  
 Schedule I

 ANNEX A 
 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P., 
 GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION 

and 
 the
Guarantors named herein 
 5 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTEE 
 DATED AS OF
                    ,          
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 Trustee 

  
 A-1

 This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
                ,          (this “Supplemental Indenture”), is among Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership (the “Company”), Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors, each of the parties identified under the caption
“New Guarantors” on the signature page hereto (the “New Guarantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 
 RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, the Issuers, the initial Guarantors and
the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2013 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuers have issued
$                     in the aggregate principal amount of
5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS,
Section 9.01(7) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and

 WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement according to
its terms, and a valid and legally binding amendment of and supplement to, the Indenture, have been duly done and performed; 

NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture and in consideration of the above premises, the Issuers, the Guarantors,
the New Guarantors and the Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 
 Section 1.01. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the
Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 Section 1.02. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the New Guarantors and the Trustee. 

ARTICLE 2 
 From
this date, in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, each New Guarantor shall be subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. Each New Guarantor
hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. Each New Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions
of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 

  
 A-2

 ARTICLE 3 
 Section 3.01. Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed (mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in
accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 
 Section 3.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental
Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made
applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto. 
 Section 3.03. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 3.04. The parties may sign any number of copies
of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 
 [NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE] 

  
 A-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	GENESIS ENERGY, L.P.
		
	 By:
	 	Genesis Energy, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	 GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name: Grant E. Sims
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	GUARANTORS
	
	[INSERT SIGNATURE BLOCK FOR EACH GUARANTOR]
	
	NEW GUARANTORS
	
	[INSERT SIGNATURE BLOCK FOR EACH NEW GUARANTOR]

  
 A-4

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-5EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 
 Execution Version 
  

 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 by and among 
 Genesis Energy, L.P., 
 Genesis Energy Finance Corporation,

 the Guarantors party hereto, 
 and 
 Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 

as representative of the Initial Purchasers 
 Dated as of February 8, 2013 
  

 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of
February 8, 2013, by and among Genesis Energy, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Genesis Energy Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.,” and together with the
Partnership, the “Issuers”), the entities listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers listed on Schedule A to the
Purchase Agreement (each, an “Initial Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Issuers’ 5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Notes”), fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined
below). The Initial Notes and the related Guarantees are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.” 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated February 5, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities,
the Issuers have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase
Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
 Additional Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 
 Advice:
As defined in Section 6(c) hereof. 
 Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission. 

Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Blackout Period: As defined in the last paragraph of Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 Closing Date: The date of this
Agreement. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

 Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for
purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the
maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuers to
the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were validly tendered (and not withdrawn) by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 controlling person: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Exchange Date: The date that Exchange Securities are delivered by the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange
Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were validly tendered (and not withdrawn) by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

Exchange Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof. 

Exchange Offer: An offer registered under the Securities Act by the Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to a Registration
Statement pursuant to which the Issuers offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities validly tendered (and not withdrawn) in such exchange offer by such Holders with terms that are identical in all respects to the Transfer Restricted
Securities (except that Exchange Securities will not contain terms with respect to any increase in annual interest rate as described herein and the transfer restrictions). 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus, as defined in Section 3(a) hereof. 

Exchange Securities: The
5 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities, including the related Guarantees, to be offered to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to this Agreement. 
 Finance Corp.: As defined in the preamble. 

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., an independent regulatory organization (formerly National Association of
Securities Dealers or NASD). 
 Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Guarantors: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

  
 -2-

 Holder: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2013, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, pursuant to
which the Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial
Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuers of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial
Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Issuers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Partnership: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or other legal entity, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus
supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf
Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a)(x) hereof. 
 Trustee: U.S. Bank National Association.

 Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

  
 -3-

 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of
(a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act (other than Affiliates of the Issuers or Guarantors); (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement; (c) if a
Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed in accordance with Section 4 hereof, one year from the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement; (d) the date on which such Initial Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under
circumstances in which any legend borne by such Initial Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or state blue sky laws (other than legends in respect of a Holder’s Affiliate status), is removed, or
the restrictive CUSIP number is redesignated as non-restrictive, by the Issuers or pursuant to the Indenture; (e) the date upon which such Initial Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of
Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein) and (f) the date on which such Initial Security ceases to be outstanding. 

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter
for reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted
Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
 SECTION 3. Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (assuming
the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof will be complied with, as applicable), the Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission sufficiently promptly so as to avoid a Registration Default with respect
to the Exchange Offer, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”), (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts
to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act sufficiently promptly so as to avoid a Registration Default with respect to the Exchange Offer, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file
(A) all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or
blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence the

  
 -4-

 
Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to
permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b) The
Issuers and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state
securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is delivered to the Holders. The Issuers shall cause the Exchange Offer
to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 365 days after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such 365th day herein referred to as the “Exchange Deadline”). 
 (c) The Issuers shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds
Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuers), may
exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements
of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such
resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission. 

The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously
effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for
a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection
with market-making or other trading activities, provided that the Partnership may for a period (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Period”) of up to 60 days in any three-month period, not to exceed 90 days
in any calendar year, determine that the 

  
 -5-

 
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not usable under circumstances relating to corporate developments, public filings with the Commission and similar events, and suspend the use of the
prospectus that is part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 The Issuers shall provide sufficient copies of the
latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180 days (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the issuers and the Guarantors are not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer for the Initial Securities
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy; (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer for the Initial Securities is not Consummated by the Exchange Deadline (unless an Exchange Offer Registration Statement
has been filed within 270 days of the Closing Date and has not yet been declared effective by the Commission, other than as a result of the fault of any Issuer or Guarantor, and as a result of Commission review of data or information included or
incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement that would also be included or incorporated in a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and Guarantors reasonably believe that a Shelf Registration Statement would not become effective
prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer); or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantors (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy
from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Issuers or one of their Affiliates, then, upon such
Holder’s written request within six months of the first to occur of the Exchange Date or the Exchange Deadline, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall (1) if permitted by law and Commission policy, cause the Transfer Restricted Securities of
such Holder to be reissued in a form that does not bear any restrictive legends relating to the Securities Act or a restrictive CUSIP number so that such Securities may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act by a
person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors where no conditions of Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is
satisfied at such time of such reissue) and (2) in the event the Issuers cannot or do not comply with the provisions of the foregoing clause within 20 Business Days of the later of (I) the date of receipt by the Issuer of such notice of
such Holder if applicable under (iii) and (II) the first to occur of the Exchange Date if applicable under (iii) and the Exchange Deadline (such later date being a “Shelf Filing Deadline”), then the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall: 
 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) on or prior to the Shelf Filing Deadline which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide
for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities, the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 

  
 -6-

 (y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall keep any such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended
as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure
that it conforms in all material respects with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of one year following the effective date of
such Shelf Registration Statement (or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Transferred Registered Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement). Each of the
Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of the Issuers or the Guarantors voluntarily takes any action that
would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Securities during that period, unless (X) such action is required by applicable law or Commission policy; or
(Y) such action is taken by any of the Issuers or Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuers or the Guarantors obligations hereunder) including, but not limited to, the acquisition or
divestiture of assets, so long as the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of the last paragraph of Section 6(c) hereof (the period during which the Shelf Registration Statement is not available under
clauses (X) or (Y) above, the “Blackout Period”). The Blackout Period shall not exceed 60 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period. 

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing, within ten Business Days after receipt of a
request therefor, such information as the Issuers may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement
is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading. 

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (a) the Exchange Offer is not Consummated on or prior to the Exchange Deadline, (b) a
Shelf Registration Statement applicable to the Transfer Restricted Securities required to be filed by the terms of this Agreement is not declared effective (or does not automatically become effective) on or prior to the date specified in
Section 4(a)(y), or (c) a Shelf Registration Statement applicable to the Transfer Restricted Securities required to be filed by the terms of this Agreement is declared effective (or automatically becomes effective) as required but
thereafter fails to remain effective or becomes unusable in connection with resales for more than 30 calendar days, excluding any 

  
 -7-

 
Blackout Period (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above, a “Registration Default”), the Issuers hereby agree that the interest rate borne by the
Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Exchange Deadline and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case
for the period of occurrence of the Registration Default, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum thereafter (“Additional Interest”), until the earlier of the consummation of the Exchange Offer, such time as
no Registration Default is in effect, or the second anniversary of the Closing Date, plus such additional amount of time as is required under the last sentence of Section 6(c), upon which Additional Interest will cease to accrue and the
interest rate on the Transfer Restricted Securities will revert to the original rate; provided, however, that, if after the date such Additional Interest ceases to accrue, another Registration Default occurs, Additional Interest will
again commence accruing pursuant to the foregoing provisions. In no event will Additional Interest accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) at any one time; provided, however, that the amount of
Additional Interest accruing on the Transfer Restricted Securities shall not exceed, in any event, 1.00% per annum. 
 All
obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such
time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 
 SECTION 6. Registration
Procedures. 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method
or methods of distribution thereof. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuers, prior to the
Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Issuers (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate (within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or the Guarantors, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of
the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall
otherwise cooperate in the Issuers’ preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be
acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection 

  
 -8-

 
with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information
required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuers. 

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible, when required, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any
appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the
sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit re-sales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall: 
 (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and
provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence
of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during
the period required by this Agreement, the Issuers shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement (or file with the Commission a document to be incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement), in the case of
clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related
Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter, subject to the provisions applicable to Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Periods and Blackout Periods and the last paragraph hereof;

 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable
Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted
Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully
with the applicable provisions of Rules 424, 430A and 430B under the Securities 

  
 -9-

 
Act in a timely manner; and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement
during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, advise the underwriters, if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if
requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for
offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the
statements therein (with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any
state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement if so requested by such Holder, and
each underwriter, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriters in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five
Business Days, and the Issuers will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial
Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon
confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period); provided, that this clause (iv) shall not apply to any filing by the Partnership of any annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form
10-

  
 -10-

 
Q or Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to matters unrelated to the Initial Securities, the Transfer Restricted Securities and the Exchange Securities and the offering or exchange therefor.
The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

 (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, make available at during normal business hours for
inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriters, if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and the attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriters, all
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors and cause the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested
by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof (and each such person shall agree that it will keep such information
confidential and not disclose any such records, documents, properties or information unless (A) the disclosure of such records, documents, properties or information is, in the opinion of counsel to such person, necessary to avoid or correct a
misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement, (B) the release of such records, documents, properties or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (C) the records,
documents, properties or information in such records is public or has been made generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by such person or (D) disclosure of such records, documents,
properties or information is, in the opinion of counsel for any such person, necessary or advisable in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving such person and arising out of, based upon, related to,
or involving this Agreement, or any transaction contemplated hereby or arising hereunder) and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriters, if any, if in connection
with the Underwritten Offering of Transfer Restricted Securities of an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 or greater; 
 (vi) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a
supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriters, if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of
Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering
of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuers are notified of the matters to be incorporated in
such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, subject to the provisions applicable to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Periods and Blackout Periods and the last paragraph hereof; 

  
 -11-

 (vii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish to each Initial
Purchaser, each selling Holder if requested and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and
schedules, but without documents incorporated by reference therein or exhibits thereto, unless requested; 

(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder if requested and each of the
underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby consents to
the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or
any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, enter into such
customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Transfer Restricted Securities, as may be appropriate in the circumstances), and make
such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith as is customary in offerings of debt securities similar to the Transfer Restricted Securities in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in
connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement in connection with any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; and, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and
whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 

(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder if requested and each underwriter, if any, in such substance
and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 

(1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement signed by (y) the President
or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors (or their general partners, as applicable), confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in Section 5(e) of
the Purchase Agreement (to the extent applicable) and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 

  
 -12-

 (2) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a
statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Issuers and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Issuers and the Guarantors,
representatives of the underwriters, if any, and counsel to the underwriters, if any, in connection with the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein
and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such
counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Shelf Registration Statement became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has
not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the
Issuers’ independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the
matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception, provided that to be an addressee of the comfort letter, if requested by the applicable accountant, each Initial Purchaser,
underwriter and selling Holder may be required to confirm that it is in the category of person to whom a comfort letter may be delivered in accordance with applicable accounting literature; 

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions
and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 

  
 -13-

 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably
requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(ix)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this
Section 6(c)(ix), if any. 
 If at any time the representations and warranties of the Issuers and the
Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(ix)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Issuers or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such
Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 
 (x) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, prior to any
public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the
Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriters, if any, may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign
entity where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 

(xi) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Issuers by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities,
in certificated form, to be registered in the name of such Holder, in the name of the purchasers of such Exchange Securities, or Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depositary (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or such other nominee, as the
case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder, if in certificated form, shall be surrendered to the Issuers for cancellation; 
 (xii) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer
Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriters, if any, may request at least two
Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriters; 
 (xiii)
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other domestic governmental agencies or
authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 

  
 -14-

 (xiv) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof
shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered
to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, subject to the provisions applicable to Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Periods and Blackout Periods and the last paragraph hereof; 

(xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement
covering such Exchange Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Exchange Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action reasonably
necessary to ensure that all such Exchange Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xvi) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent
underwriter” as that term is defined within the rules and regulations of the FINRA) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA; 

(xvii) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for
the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such
an offering, beginning with the first month of the Issuers’ first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
 (xviii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith,
cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of the Initial Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a
timely manner; and 

  
 -15-

 (xix) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, cause all Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Issuers are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriters, if any. 
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a
Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof or any Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Period described in
Section 3(c), or any Blackout Period described in Section 4(a) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt
of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xiv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Issuers that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received
copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuers, each Holder will deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’ expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies
then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuers shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof or notice of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement Suspension Period and Blackout Period to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of
the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xiv) hereof or shall have received the Advice. 

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses. 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless
of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and
expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky
laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Issuers, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a
securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special
audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance); provided that all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of a Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement shall be the responsibility of each Holder. 

  
 -16-

 Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses
(including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the
Issuers or the Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Issuers
and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and
disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Andrews Kurth LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is
being prepared. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification. 
 (a) The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers,
directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the
fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of each such Indemnified Holder for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim damage, liability or action, joint or several, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein (with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuers by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition
to any liability which the Issuers or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 In case any action or proceeding (including
any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuers or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the
Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Issuers or any of the Guarantors
of their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Issuers and the
Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Issuers and the 

  
 -17-

 
Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be reasonably designated
by the Holders. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, and each of the Issuers and the Guarantors agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Issuers and the Guarantors. The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in
respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified
Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. 
 (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and
not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Issuers and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity from the Issuers and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration
Statement or Prospectus. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Issuers, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Issuers and the Guarantors, and the Issuers, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties
given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 
 (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the
total gross proceeds to the Issuers and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or actions, and such Registration Statement (including, in the case of Holders, the benefit of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the Exchange Securities or receiving Exchange Securities registered under the
Securities Act), or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable 

  
 -18-

 
law, the relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified
Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and actions referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim. 
 The Issuers, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph
shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the aggregate proceeds received by such Holder with respect to the
Initial Securities or Exchange Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 
 SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, if the Partnership is no longer
required to file reports under the Exchange Act, to make available upon request to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted
Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder
unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements 

  
 -19-

 
approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting
agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 SECTION 11.
Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten
Offering, the investment bankers and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering;
provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriters must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers. 
 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) Remedies. Each of the Issuers and
the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance
that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors will
not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to
the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers’ or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuers will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the
Initial Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents
to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuers have (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by
the Issuers or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer or
registered on a Shelf Registration Statement and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer or registered on a Shelf Registration Statement may be
given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the
rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers, with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or
departure is to be effective. 

  
 -20-

 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Trustee under the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee
under the Indenture; and 
  

	 	(ii)	if to the Issuers: 

 Genesis
Energy, L.P. 
 919 Milam, Suite 2100 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Facsimile: (713) 860-2647 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer 
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 
 Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP 
 1111 Louisiana Street, 44th Floor 

Houston, Texas 77002-5200 
 Facsimile: (713) 236-0822 
 Attention: J. Vincent Kendrick 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving
the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

  
 -21-

 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only
and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of
the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuers
with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
 [Signature Page Follows] 

  
 -22-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

					
	 Issuers

	
	 GENESIS ENERGY, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	Genesis Energy, LLC
		 	its general partner
			
		 	By:	 	/s/ Robert V. Deere
		 		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer
	
	GENESIS ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION
			
		 	 By:
	 	 /s/ Robert V. Deere

		 		 	 Name:    Robert V. Deere

		 		 	 Title:      Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature Page

 Registration Rights Agreement 

 
			
	 Guarantors

	
	 GENESIS CO2 PIPELINE, L.P.

	 GENESIS CRUDE OIL, L.P.

	 GENESIS NATURAL GAS PIPELINE, L.P.

	 GENESIS PIPELINE TEXAS, L.P.

	 GENESIS PIPELINE USA, L.P.

	 GENESIS SYNGAS INVESTMENTS, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	Genesis Energy, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Robert V. Deere
		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer
	
	 GEL CHOPS I, L.P.

	 GEL CHOPS II, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	GEL CHOPS GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Robert V. Deere
		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature Page

 Registration Rights Agreement 

 
			
	 DAVISON PETROLEUM SUPPLY, LLC

	 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, INC.

	 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, LLC

	 FUEL MASTERS, LLC

	 GEL CHOPS GP, LLC

	 GEL LOUISIANA FUELS, LLC

	 GEL ODYSSEY, LLC

	 GEL OFFSHORE, LLC

	 GEL OFFSHORE PIPELINE, LLC

	 GEL POSEIDON, LLC

	 GEL SEKCO, LLC

	 GEL TEX MARKETING, LLC

	 GEL WYOMING, LLC

	 GENESIS BR, LLC

	 GENESIS CHOPS I, LLC

	 GENESIS CHOPS II, LLC

	 GENESIS DAVISON, LLC

	 GENESIS ENERGY, LLC

	 GENESIS FREE STATE HOLDINGS, LLC

	 GENESIS MARINE, LLC

	 GENESIS NEJD HOLDINGS, LLC

	 GENESIS ODYSSEY, LLC

	 GENESIS OFFSHORE, LLC

	 GENESIS PIPELINE ALABAMA, LLC

	 GENESIS POSEIDON, LLC

	 GENESIS RAIL SERVICES, LLC

	 GENESIS SEKCO, LLC

	 MILAM SERVICES, INC.

	 PRONGHORN RAIL SERVICES, LLC

	 RED RIVER TERMINALS, L.L.C.

	 TDC, L.L.C.

	 TDC SERVICES CORPORATION, INC.

	 TEXAS CITY CRUDE OIL TERMINAL, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Robert V. Deere
		 	Name:    Robert V. Deere
		 	Title:      Chief Financial Officer

  
 Signature Page

 Registration Rights Agreement 

 
			
	The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
	
	WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, acting on behalf of itself and as the Representative of the several Initial Purchasers
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Jeff Gore
		 	Name: Jeff Gore
		 	Title: Managing Director

  
 Signature Page

 Registration Rights Agreement 

 SCHEDULE A 

Guarantors 
  

			
	 GENESIS ENERGY, LLC
 GENESIS
CRUDE OIL, L.P.
 DAVISON PETROLEUM SUPPLY, LLC
 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, INC.
 DAVISON TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, LLC

FUEL MASTERS, LLC
 GEL CHOPS I, L.P.

GEL CHOPS II, L.P.
 GEL CHOPS GP, LLC

GEL LOUISIANA FUELS, LLC
 GEL ODYSSEY,
LLC
 GEL OFFSHORE, LLC
 GEL OFFSHORE
PIPELINE, LLC
 GEL POSEIDON, LLC
 GEL
SEKCO, LLC
 GEL TEX MARKETING, LLC
 GEL
WYOMING, LLC
 GENESIS BR, LLC
 GENESIS
CO2 PIPELINE, L.P.
 GENESIS CHOPS I, LLC

GENESIS CHOPS II, LLC
 GENESIS DAVISON,
LLC
 GENESIS FREE STATE HOLDINGS, LLC

GENESIS MARINE, LLC
 GENESIS NATURAL GAS
PIPELINE, L.P.
 GENESIS NEJD HOLDINGS, LLC
 GENESIS ODYSSEY, LLC
 GENESIS OFFSHORE, LLC
 GENESIS PIPELINE ALABAMA, LLC
 GENESIS PIPELINE TEXAS, L.P.

GENESIS PIPELINE USA, L.P.
 GENESIS POSEIDON,
LLC
 GENESIS RAIL SERVICES, LLC

GENESIS SEKCO, LLC
 GENESIS SYNGAS INVESTMENTS,
L.P.
 MILAM SERVICES, INC.
 PRONGHORN
RAIL SERVICES, LLC
 RED RIVER TERMINALS, L.L.C.
 TDC, L.L.C.
 TDC SERVICES CORPORATION, INC.
 TEXAS CITY CRUDE OIL TERMINAL, LLC
	  	

 Schedule A-1 
 Registration Rights Agreement

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}]]